From dde66f4b0f23290b187d1c3bf6c5b2aaafa27a64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 09:18:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index efd17ac01e..fdd80dee30 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This is a prophecy from Psalm 2 in the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations. +REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This is a prophecy from Psalm 2:8 and 2:9 in the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.\n\n REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From f72820740343f55308efc9c48f0b0a4cb9364ed0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 09:18:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fdd80dee30..964a782888 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This is a prophecy from Psalm 2:8 and 2:9 in the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.\n\n +REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This is a prophecy from Psalm 2:8 and 2:9 in the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations. REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e312ed0b6540879c651f41c55e22b99dc98a4227 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 13:54:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 964a782888..16a1fce19a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This is a prophecy from Psalm 2:8 and 2:9 in the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations. +REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those whom he gives authority over all peoples or nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From aa0786172bf978246bed66dabc85ad59d0e70b86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 13:56:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 16a1fce19a..5c2bfa72b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 27 c9gu καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those whom he gives authority over all peoples or nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. +REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those whom he gives authority over all peoples or nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From f777e238b116f6fa57ed479583e7890928d1e904 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 13:58:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5c2bfa72b2..38053c67d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those whom he gives authority over all peoples or nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0b07e08e1b5a26aa0300fb292cda56ae59eb9887 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:05:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 38053c67d2..c2302c1c9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -222,6 +222,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule. REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 6fc2ae9fc24dfdf5079f40487da00f5484532efa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:06:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c2302c1c9e..dfc9ac4a31 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule. +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5cd137e6218541bd1a4c7e8fc19db353c412efef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:06:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dfc9ac4a31..c2302c1c9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule. REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 3eb7aede3b1c62cdaa0de2b4103c2a6d449ed561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:13:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c2302c1c9e..79c32aa2e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)


C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)


D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)


E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)


F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)


G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)


Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter


### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches

Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people

The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”


The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).


### “Says these things”

The verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\nThe writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 1908b5cf40137e753e14e48f2cb9a9656e5864b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:17:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 79c32aa2e2..903161752d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation


I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)

C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)

D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)

E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)

F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)

G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)



Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter





### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches



Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people

The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])



### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Seven stars

These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

## Important metaphors in this chapter

### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking

Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).


### “Says these things”

The verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\nThe speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 580455b362363aec14ae41a78cd7de67f3c5d56e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:27:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 903161752d..d60af12e45 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\nThe writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\nThe speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From c9851dd09d703a8188d14cbdb9f9b5f72a3eb65e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:30:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d60af12e45..390583370f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\nThe speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 0ca66ce16007913534d0ea6035ec4b36460bd5c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:31:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 390583370f..3d7e114c27 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 604ed78f760d0e4c9c71f29e58a2b5f4a3bed02e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:32:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3d7e114c27..d0f72260eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From d8fd84fe560adb8dc0b7ac71264bbd2dbbb25770 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:35:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d0f72260eb..2e1ad29086 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “\nLet the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 9327a86ff670d1a37375770a0bcf732643a11ba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:35:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2e1ad29086..b04a7c5fef 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “\nLet the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 478a47bcbd3396056dfc9a17575467139a37491c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:36:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b04a7c5fef..5051390e9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\nThe speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\r\n\n\n\r\n\n\n\r\n\r\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\r\n\r\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 755cde2ea24d7f8ae1d49dbf807aee669cff5e13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:37:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5051390e9e..c1a118f4bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\r\n\n\n\r\n\n\n\r\n\r\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\r\n\r\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 5f7f789d63d36413fb3119a3fa9813438f4e7b49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:38:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c1a118f4bb..b2277d73fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 7afd8fa842cbdf79255510af2057797d3ac2a97f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 31 Jul 2022 14:48:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b2277d73fc..3d72e67546 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule. +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0ce085895d09f3843228e2c676fb2c5cf9aeecf2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 10:51:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3d72e67546..3634e295f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\n\n\r\nThis refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not\r\nagree to do evil” (See: Generic Noun Phrases REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 181f8e6a9d409350cfb28ff2b5778517804fc0ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 10:56:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3634e295f3..dcaf9606bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\n\n\r\nThis refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not\r\nagree to do evil” (See: Generic Noun Phrases +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\n\n\nThis refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 739017243e973567cd88080058dc87e2015f323b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:17:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dcaf9606bf..dde57cdbc2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\n\n\nThis refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\n\n\nThis refers anyone who conquers. \nRev. 2:7, 11, 17, 26\n\nRev. 3:5, 12, 21\r\nRev. 5:5\r\nRev. 6:2\r\nRev. 11:7\r\nRev. 12:11\r\nRev. 13:7\r\nRev. 15:2\r\nRev. 17:14\r\nRev. 21:7\r\n\n\nAlternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 954981f6a0c64fc9f17dbe819cd15d577a2d06a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:18:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dde57cdbc2..de1aff0a9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\n\n\nThis refers anyone who conquers. \nRev. 2:7, 11, 17, 26\n\nRev. 3:5, 12, 21\r\nRev. 5:5\r\nRev. 6:2\r\nRev. 11:7\r\nRev. 12:11\r\nRev. 13:7\r\nRev. 15:2\r\nRev. 17:14\r\nRev. 21:7\r\n\n\nAlternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nThis refers anyone who conquers. 2:7, 11, 17, 26\n\nRev. 3:5, 12, 21\nRev. 5:5\nRev. 6:2\nRev. 11:7\nRev. 12:11\nRev. 13:7\nRev. 15:2\nRev. 17:14\nRev. 21:7\n\n\nAlternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 70353933a772e06f799c3feb5fe3bef9db08e215 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:24:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index de1aff0a9a..858392fdd4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nThis refers anyone who conquers. 2:7, 11, 17, 26\n\nRev. 3:5, 12, 21\nRev. 5:5\nRev. 6:2\nRev. 11:7\nRev. 12:11\nRev. 13:7\nRev. 15:2\nRev. 17:14\nRev. 21:7\n\n\nAlternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nHere, the expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers or is victorious and overcomes difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase occurs in 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, and 21\nRev. 5:5\nRev. 6:2\nRev. 11:7\nRev. 12:11\nRev. 13:7\nRev. 15:2\nRev. 17:14\nRev. 21:7\n\n\nAlternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 2676a12b3f8127fcf8d65f552912676ace96ff97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:36:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 858392fdd4..699b9ac5ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nHere, the expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers or is victorious and overcomes difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase occurs in 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, and 21\nRev. 5:5\nRev. 6:2\nRev. 11:7\nRev. 12:11\nRev. 13:7\nRev. 15:2\nRev. 17:14\nRev. 21:7\n\n\nAlternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nHere, the expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, and 21). Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From edf45060decf0e7bd3b91bbb9835158ef4f90f54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:38:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 699b9ac5ca..d0a7ef51be 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nHere, the expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, and 21). Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nHere, the expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, and 21). Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 32e4ba07b089dea55475f138a294e98549c963c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:40:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d0a7ef51be..1852a41a1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “To the one who conquers”\n\nHere, the expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, and 21). Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From fd6ffec473d2a453394d969b4a4788303cc0ea5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:45:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1852a41a1d..aeae5038bc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From cfcc94a8a3e022db03b10e6f8edbad1c02a44c7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:45:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index aeae5038bc..f81dc9e368 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From eedfd6702a11b9f112f5bb0528e7675e0a9dd5f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:47:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f81dc9e368..fa187940ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun 1 REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From bb96bb0a0866245309d99ad00827a38059702bb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:48:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fa187940ba..69fea4931b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun 1 +REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun 1 The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 5df55f18a622bc5cba8fe21038c3077554ca3de6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:49:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 69fea4931b..67bb15b97b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun 1 The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 104294c799a497a413a95017c829bd048a8198b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:52:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 67bb15b97b..bfa4e772f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 387692cf74d650716ff5f83bb1b141ecce6df2b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:55:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bfa4e772f6..d70d7764f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 68ec5fdd7d8e09abae4690fa2efc22bc379df40f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:56:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d70d7764f5..3e5220c7e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 9581bd4d7ad50514efa3d2803d4e4b13d409445a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:57:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3e5220c7e6..7b0f567055 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you hav REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21).\nThe expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) From ced86e29ef548fd168ca05d4bf68fca8770dc093 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 11:58:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7b0f567055..a72613fdc7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you hav REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21).\nThe expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) From e69e9e5c9c2e4693b47e48e7afa079042ef501fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:00:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a72613fdc7..05c9bd41fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From b8c781af1bcbc0985601574964a1002c5aa1953d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:04:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 05c9bd41fa..ca99d943ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From c30eeb2f66028973e059d4eec2fcf15b2dfb909f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:05:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ca99d943ca..6438fccf82 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you hav REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) From 3b6778da152abf9472a01e000656df155e0e7eb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:05:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6438fccf82..02b2b7be4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From ce0278bdbebc4dfc371e9b4abaa552de308814c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:12:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 02b2b7be4c..0754d511c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor  γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). \nFor the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) REV 2 11 ayw1 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 12 ll17 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 2cd1b76729eed2363aab8027fbe6835b8072487f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:13:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0754d511c3..cda100bf40 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **N REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor  γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). \nFor the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) REV 2 11 ayw1 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 12 ll17 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From eee16b55c1020588280b77cdf0667720b13bc43a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:14:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cda100bf40..b3d2b46281 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you hav REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]]) From 03ce07ede2e66388b5ae7088f35ef692a1f71331 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:14:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b3d2b46281..e889846c3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26, 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 7df4b7ccd9af3988a6c49f9715f992573bda79e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:18:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e889846c3c..ff391fde71 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ REV 2 16 fd6u figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 wage war against them Here, **wil REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 17 i61b figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “To the one who gains victory” or “To the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 17 i61b figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 17 ngjb figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 17 yeqt translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 2 17 l59r figs-activepassive ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον 1 Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 556469bb892cb38e31f5dd3ae6f8c77c2271a696 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:21:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ff391fde71..6e268fcaf1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ REV 2 24 sgil figs-idiom οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρο REV 2 24 ikkh grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 Here, **other** refers to the phrase “what you have” in the next verse. In other words, Jesus is saying that he will not give these people any additional command beyond what they already have from him. If this is confusing or if it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it in the next verse, you could connect these ideas in a different way. If you do this, you will need to delete the word “However” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the only burden I will put on you is this:” or “I will only burden you with obeying what I have already commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n From 4b393ca21a6533d29e0fa4a813f8ab05feb26d75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:22:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6e268fcaf1..588ba61f83 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **nam REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 v69e figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 5 v69e figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” From ecda9407a4838864d1fcd03e272979d4f265142e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:23:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 588ba61f83..4082cc2df6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is co REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God \n\n\n\nSee how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 5912116de104a239a2af39298d70bc25a3938756 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:24:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4082cc2df6..6127782151 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is co REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God \n\n\n\nSee how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From cf613d285742616b78471bbbd04f61b04773f207 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:24:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6127782151..0247fbefbe 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is co REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 5949f825a44ea4ac18f4a81047b502593e5b4ca6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:25:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0247fbefbe..52d4310164 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my REV 3 20 di8q figs-go καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 I will come into him Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will indeed go into his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) REV 3 20 une1 figs-metaphor καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 and will eat with him Here, **eat with him** represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 21 h9pf 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches. -REV 3 21 n83q figs-metaphor  ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 21 n83q figs-metaphor  ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To **sit down** on a **throne** means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8b4bae0a2fbe66e621fb9c9d751d9d985873dc4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:30:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 52d4310164..bac491b40d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\r\n\r\n### “The angel of the church”\r\n\r\n\r\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\r\n\r\n\r\n### “Says these things”\r\n\r\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\r\n\r\n\r\n### “the one who conquers”\r\n\r\n\r\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\r\n\r\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From bcb107257d9059ca60f0279437dff66ccb587339 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 12:31:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bac491b40d..b0dca8cf71 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\r\n\r\n### “The angel of the church”\r\n\r\n\r\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\r\n\r\n\r\n### “Says these things”\r\n\r\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\r\n\r\n\r\n### “the one who conquers”\r\n\r\n\r\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\r\n\r\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 1d163ffcfcd34ab008984f38a6867c663c488929 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 13:59:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b0dca8cf71..b554d5f901 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-idiom ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 676f0c75a90b55edfc386ee2531be8026ac26a35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 13:59:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b554d5f901..8ef11b178d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n\n +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 64ca96a4f85c99e6de0b60f02531b26bebb79973 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:14:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8ef11b178d..a1ecd17c01 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** indicates an idiom for the idea of ruling completely so as to dominate all opposition to one's rule.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 44ead7ef7f6224ab789bba3f15893d0d559d2539 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:16:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a1ecd17c01..245267d018 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 6c0ea51e38b906645d797a0f7345e0f0bec5960c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:18:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 245267d018..7f17b4f71a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. From d3d9f30c94adab1fc5e1e397295867a8fc7635b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:20:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7f17b4f71a..567054a449 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way.\nAlternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 1eef9bd39abd6359de8a23a6c065dcfca87b2232 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:22:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 567054a449..831591796f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way.\nAlternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 38e2cd12ab1adea132ed39154fec3147b26f1938 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:23:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 831591796f..1cae81ac75 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 0f23f4241f0cd1e376ad3320209a3a3c7e4668d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:29:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1cae81ac75..da9c12dd26 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is an image that represents either: (1) destroying evildoers. (2) defeating enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From c954e4b39ce55e841d6791115c89c06787a896d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:32:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index da9c12dd26..2a85b4191a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb t REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** refers to a metaphor describing a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete so as to dominate all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 04b7989ce65056f3bd0533a6ab8acbe57074c766 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:33:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2a85b4191a..d2c3d60079 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you t REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From a9939244cdaf257a5722d52c7d55600c3462db6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:33:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d2c3d60079..c21160ba15 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. From 4c56eddb20d5633ae99e9bd8ca93c37c95b51792 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:40:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c21160ba15..706d8194c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with a rod of iron**. Alternate translation: “he will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. From debc4c2d06dadd6e4f965c03817ab01be103f5ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:07:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 706d8194c0..cdad491cb1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1049b5b37d08d87df2f1f379397f0150cf8b8f44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:22:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cdad491cb1..0256991503 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥ REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 26f8d756cc15d1932768f9018da48113f1e007cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:23:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0256991503..cea64fd99d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥ REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 7bd15feb97583ba8c9d81658a436dd52864a2673 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:25:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cea64fd99d..b3a27ec149 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -228,8 +228,7 @@ REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συν REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. -REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n From 1b075179025e047d45aab5d4638dfa0b522bbd6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:26:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b3a27ec149..c3222210ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συν REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears early in the **morning** just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n From 28ef15a9ed9d7924bf35081e223f19005205ebd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:32:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c3222210ce..e7d69e8405 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συν REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n From c3c284d5e45a46cd57336465c30ad32cbd7fdfdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:43:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e7d69e8405..3ae82278ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -226,9 +226,9 @@ REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥ REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) he received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) He received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n From 689726b3e084de52452112046453032381e8a4e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 13:43:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3ae82278ac..9b25790e5f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συν REV 2 27 w8pp figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces" or "he will smash them into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) He received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "as I also have received power from my Father" or "as I also have received dominion from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n From 4cd400393531dc90b841957d4ae9f1d71231656b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:15:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9b25790e5f..fb4ea4a1ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor  γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for the metaphor of the generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) REV 2 11 ayw1 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 12 ll17 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 8a77144c8f56628f784f42e96dec5ecee7f72760 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:18:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fb4ea4a1ae..db7e597dbe 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ REV 2 16 fd6u figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 wage war against them Here, **wil REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 17 i61b figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphor’s expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 2 17 ngjb figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 17 yeqt translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 2 17 l59r figs-activepassive ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον 1 Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 01cd9f613071d739a87bf7653f3e0cdd8cbac0e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:19:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index db7e597dbe..6a1bd45f76 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor  γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for the metaphor of the generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphor’s expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) REV 2 11 ayw1 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 12 ll17 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 2476fb8acd0bf4fead28395ff783dd518600f527 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:20:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6a1bd45f76..6d3cbcd184 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor  γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphor’s expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) REV 2 11 ayw1 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 12 ll17 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 1b84d8774caa1b2d16e0b16819e0068da1e2ec15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:21:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6d3cbcd184..8058b391e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ REV 2 16 fd6u figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 wage war against them Here, **wil REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphor’s expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 2 17 ngjb figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 17 yeqt translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 2 17 l59r figs-activepassive ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον 1 Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 091b0a66e71788e4adcac83f867900ff28d70066 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:23:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8058b391e9..232e1a68da 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ REV 2 24 sgil figs-idiom οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρο REV 2 24 ikkh grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 Here, **other** refers to the phrase “what you have” in the next verse. In other words, Jesus is saying that he will not give these people any additional command beyond what they already have from him. If this is confusing or if it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it in the next verse, you could connect these ideas in a different way. If you do this, you will need to delete the word “However” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the only burden I will put on you is this:” or “I will only burden you with obeying what I have already commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 2 26 z5xi figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n From 1f340e9b1ac373d7b45cb660ba034f0771d44503 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:27:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 232e1a68da..c3a14a7113 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **nam REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 v69e figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” From 9cf9c6f0d761f1dab984ebe7e4fd027c99234400 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:27:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c3a14a7113..fa80f835b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **nam REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” From 60f952217bcc1a8415858622e5e5dec6f205da8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:28:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fa80f835b8..2f485d15ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is co REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 20846c9fa6a751a6b32c6b468bf93d8c62ed3cda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:30:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2f485d15ac..8065cc5630 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is co REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 12 px36 figs-metaphor ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From f12781b35b976502730e26495ddbec1a526ad49d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:32:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8065cc5630..98afd5aa28 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my REV 3 20 di8q figs-go καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 I will come into him Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will indeed go into his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) REV 3 20 une1 figs-metaphor καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 and will eat with him Here, **eat with him** represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 21 h9pf 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches. -REV 3 21 n83q figs-metaphor  ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To **sit down** on a **throne** means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 891b829758dc939717218fef627c51fe6a39bc5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:33:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 98afd5aa28..5830ea12ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my REV 3 20 di8q figs-go καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 I will come into him Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will indeed go into his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) REV 3 20 une1 figs-metaphor καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 and will eat with him Here, **eat with him** represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 21 h9pf 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches. -REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To **sit down** on a **throne** means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4556fb3fb08939d19027843f1b58745d92d5c18e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:36:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5830ea12ba..419cff3fb0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ REV 2 16 fd6u figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 wage war against them Here, **wil REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 17 ngjb figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 17 yeqt translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 2 17 l59r figs-activepassive ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον 1 Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8bfe730f4012220b8c8717576fbccf019721557c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2022 19:40:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 419cff3fb0..d5d2b7abbd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is co REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 0b6a848f40fe157ae73eb607737d4804505385e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:36:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d5d2b7abbd..0d2f8ddee9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature in contrast the spirit of the writer which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 421ebeadb5a21a56838e002b799b2f8ec111afbf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:44:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0d2f8ddee9..488ae497bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature in contrast the spirit of the writer which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From a42a40e53cd649203e7cacc1f9611ba3588954ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:47:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 488ae497bf..90d1f8a49a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should retain the literal transliteration of **angel** to allow for both possible interpretations, but he should give a marginal note to explain the two possible understandings. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 47605d1f2de8b1a6e23fd57bc2f7db232cbec6c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:48:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 90d1f8a49a..a8614be832 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 7c10f789a2d3e13b6b66f52de6ee745c74959fe7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:50:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a8614be832..2a9c4aa5b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\r\n\n\n\r\n\n\n\r\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 1f61088653da8420d1e2e317bb1964d76a1242a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:52:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2a9c4aa5b9..e0a96772b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\r\n\n\n\r\n\n\n\r\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\r\n\n\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From b9dde564817a033a34dcb66a3a08c9b2aa1fe1db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:52:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e0a96772b3..a6db1d650b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\r\n\n\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 5023a4cd66b5be2da27a45803a29bafd16fa71c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:56:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a6db1d650b..f897d6749e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τ REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 7 zln0 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 7 t84w figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor  γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 11 y88p figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) REV 2 11 ayw1 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bd51b10c8ae6119867aba8cf5980eefb643c6f46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 13:59:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f897d6749e..f7a8d28028 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -184,6 +184,7 @@ REV 2 16 fd6u figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 wage war against them Here, **wil REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 17 unnj figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 17 ngjb figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 17 yeqt translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 826927d3ff1c07388991267443311180c8743483 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:00:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f7a8d28028..0f32d89d01 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ REV 2 16 fd6u figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 wage war against them Here, **wil REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 17 unnj figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 +REV 2 17 unnj figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 17 ngjb figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 2 17 yeqt translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From f3806661d6af5db3dd6e22d124c5b080750f4a72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:02:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0f32d89d01..1f0514ffc7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -234,6 +234,7 @@ REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 29 y6m4 figs-idiom 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b5ffa5280250fb9265b2124551623966e928b597 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:04:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1f0514ffc7..91b13f1856 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Fath REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 00121a96d0b70374d7d0c8c4cd2e810994d9bd4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:06:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 91b13f1856..1617a48961 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will ma REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 3 13 cm7r figs-idiom 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 14 r6bz translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 14 jg3b figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 14 wzg9 writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Laodicea See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 2637f9e6d94e990e15ebf12b2b5a3a6312839c57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:08:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1617a48961..7fac9e4d18 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -305,6 +305,7 @@ REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρ REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 3 22 vnr6 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” From 9e09b337813b446a829838823bcc5c55aa328de1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:08:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7fac9e4d18..d6fe372c17 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will ma REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 13 cm7r figs-idiom 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 13 cm7r figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 14 r6bz translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 14 jg3b figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 14 wzg9 writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Laodicea See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 2f0923d7de4644318435ba64cfcdc09f6c327c86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:09:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d6fe372c17..24e2adeb59 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Fath REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 55b658a1ccb3f002d1632f57c7f528e2224a14cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 14:10:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 24e2adeb59..b0312997e8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 2 29 y6m4 figs-idiom 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 2 29 y6m4 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\n\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n\n\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\n\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God's triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 791a5ad2d5be1d664bb852b71a3769c98a54c88c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:39:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b0312997e8..cf6aa0bfe0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 42d70833fb75ff9c9f575f8a09a57ac31ee73911 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:46:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cf6aa0bfe0..2dcb448fda 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it” REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” +REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor 1 REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5a508b44003905f8f838b045ea4f891c6c304df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:48:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2dcb448fda..d79e7ca9b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it” REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” +REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” -REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor 1 REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 53e131c525543879a6236cb7474f8f0ac083efa0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:48:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d79e7ca9b3..9eae723ce0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,6 +271,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμέν REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor 1 REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” From 854443e06c5ab4854cfd8c2644e506ef305ceb3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:53:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9eae723ce0..85d089e0af 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor 1 REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” From f245844c5ea13fc062faafb48ef2366967302b4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:54:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 85d089e0af..74013b3203 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -296,6 +296,7 @@ REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόμ REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε…καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent Alternate translation: “be serious and repent” +REV 3 20 e6f7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 REV 3 20 i7gy figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 20 sr5y translate-symaction κρούω 1 am knocking When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my voice Here, **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 42f9fd0821a095800be58421526832b5aa8c39c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:56:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 74013b3203..901788a3c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -312,6 +312,7 @@ REV 3 22 vnr6 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” +REV 4 1 suqj figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 an open door in heaven The expression **open door in heaven** stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 4 1 a49s figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 speaking to me like a trumpet If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 4 1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). From 5fda187c1e07054b0998717f2d59ed6a95e1bba6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 19:58:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 901788a3c7..7e2d3ef508 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -317,6 +317,7 @@ REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐραν REV 4 1 a49s figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 speaking to me like a trumpet If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 4 1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). REV 4 2 ie3w figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God’s **Spirit** as if he were **in the Spirit**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “the Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 4 2 nmlw figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 REV 4 3 m4mi translate-unknown λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ 1 jasper and carnelian The terms **jasper** and **carnelian** refer to valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 4 3 aap1 translate-unknown σμαραγδίνῳ 1 emerald An **emerald** is a green, valuable stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 4 5 ryb1 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. From 5be922f5fdf0ff6eaa5b0982f443edf3b43c25dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 20:01:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7e2d3ef508..b3c6ebb4bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -312,12 +312,12 @@ REV 3 22 vnr6 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” -REV 4 1 suqj figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 +REV 4 1 suqj figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 an open door in heaven The expression **open door in heaven** stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 4 1 a49s figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 speaking to me like a trumpet If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 4 1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). REV 4 2 ie3w figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God’s **Spirit** as if he were **in the Spirit**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “the Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 4 2 nmlw figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 +REV 4 2 nmlw figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 4 3 m4mi translate-unknown λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ 1 jasper and carnelian The terms **jasper** and **carnelian** refer to valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 4 3 aap1 translate-unknown σμαραγδίνῳ 1 emerald An **emerald** is a green, valuable stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 4 5 ryb1 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. From 66b217e2acc221bee788e107443da093217b7b3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 20:05:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b3c6ebb4bd..b47f5af6ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it” REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” -REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 +REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c4e231372aec1db92acb6f8d931dcd87d06b7d99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 20:06:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b47f5af6ba..fb2a443462 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [R REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 +REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From a5bac077da73c11b91efb44e0cb8b3d7af10cbff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 20:07:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fb2a443462..70aa90f2b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόμ REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε…καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent Alternate translation: “be serious and repent” -REV 3 20 e6f7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 +REV 3 20 e6f7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 20 i7gy figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 20 sr5y translate-symaction κρούω 1 am knocking When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my voice Here, **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 437618047c360af054371c8630458cf9c641236b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 8 Aug 2022 20:10:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 70aa90f2b5..8e1c7ae1da 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ REV 5 1 aj7m κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά 1 s REV 5 2 r2vt figs-events τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? Someone would need to break the **seals** in order **to open the scroll**. Alternate translation: “Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 5 2 v4r4 figs-rquestion τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement: “Show us who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) REV 5 3 lj9u figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven or on the earth or under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: “anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 5 5 dm5p ἰδοὺ 1 Look Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” +REV 5 5 dm5p figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Look See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 5 5 j67w ὁ λέων ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα 1 The Lion of the tribe of Judah This is a title for the man **from the tribe of Judah** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “The one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” or “The king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” REV 5 5 b6wg figs-metaphor ὁ λέων 1 The Lion The king is spoken of as if he were a **Lion** because a lion is very strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 5 5 i89j ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ 1 the Root of David This is a title for the descendant of **David** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “the one who is called the Root of David” From 994f8c14346dadddb17dacda96c890fcf7f19924 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:23:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8e1c7ae1da..f65bc50f15 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formattin REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**; disobeying and dishonoring him is spoken of as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 25d6583d12fa31f72b27e9492515ba4f800992ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:32:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f65bc50f15..b4f3bdb8e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**; disobeying and dishonoring him is spoken of as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 38fb51fba9732aa5785ed673ef51d68de3ec8df7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:35:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b4f3bdb8e1..dccc8c8ac4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -241,6 +241,8 @@ REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 +REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2ad93ece04a60f11e33b6ed2a91331077e15db27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:36:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dccc8c8ac4..305b340bff 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 +REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this sentence or clause in 2:2. REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d3f059785406f5c283ec77a64072ba6a44d9edb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:39:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 305b340bff..dbbbd9a119 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ REV 1 4 y9yh translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀ REV 1 4 lsun figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, **is coming** has two possible connotations. The expression could refer to the the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. Alternatively, the phrase indicates the future tense, which seems more likely given the prior context describing the past and present times of God’s existence. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) the Spirit of God, which is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit” (2) seven individual spirits who serve God, which might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) the Spirit of God, which is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” REV 1 5 gz2n ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The expression is probably an allusion to [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), specifically to [Psalm 89:37](../../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to a portion of Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md) and then affirmed again within [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The term **firstborn** commonly refers to the first child actually to be born to parents and, therefore, the primary recipient of the parents’ inheritance. The idiomatic expression apparently alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of Psalm 89, including: **the faithful witness** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. If your readers would not understand the phrase **the firstborn from the dead**, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 310908d4c35c410e5a53c4c73bd43d2a3cb4f805 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:40:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dbbbd9a119..3223e3866a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ REV 1 4 y9yh translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀ REV 1 4 lsun figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, **is coming** has two possible connotations. The expression could refer to the the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. Alternatively, the phrase indicates the future tense, which seems more likely given the prior context describing the past and present times of God’s existence. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) the Spirit of God, which is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” REV 1 5 gz2n ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The expression is probably an allusion to [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), specifically to [Psalm 89:37](../../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to a portion of Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md) and then affirmed again within [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The term **firstborn** commonly refers to the first child actually to be born to parents and, therefore, the primary recipient of the parents’ inheritance. The idiomatic expression apparently alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of Psalm 89, including: **the faithful witness** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. If your readers would not understand the phrase **the firstborn from the dead**, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From ff4163644f965b811556579bbe467472c1729958 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:48:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3223e3866a..764a0fb75d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 2 mm3q οἶδα 1 For the expression **I know** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:1,8,15), please see the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter two introduction. +REV 2 2 mm3q figs-idiom οἶδα 1 For the expression **I know** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:1,8,15), please see the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns τὸν κόπον 1 I know … your hard labor and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **labor**, you can express it with the verb “to work”. Alternate translation: “that you laboured very hard” or “that you worked very hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 2 iwe7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὑπομονήν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **endurance**, you can express it with the verb “endure.” Alternate translation: “that you patiently suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 2 l6mv figs-youcrowd τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel** (see the previous verse), so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From b96c3bf38530c3cf9dc31e6219467b08bb97f15a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:50:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 764a0fb75d..660566fa4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ REV 2 18 j3xp writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated t REV 2 18 q3w9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 18 zbx5 figs-simile ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 who has eyes like a flame of fire Here, Jesus has **eyes** that are full of light so that they resemble **a flame of fire**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 18 p86i figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 feet like polished bronze People create objects of **bronze** and have them **polished** in order to make them shine and reflect light. Likewise, the feet of Jesus shine and reflect light like **polished bronze**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 2 19 oum6 οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md) +REV 2 19 oum6 figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 19 vj80 figs-youcrowd σου τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and second person individuals addressed in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). If the singular form of the second person address and the second person references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 2 19 bx33 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, **faith**, **service**, and **endurance**, you can express them with their corresponding verbs that describe the actions. Alternate translation: “how you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 19 y2mu figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns in the clause then you can state the implied objects of these terms explicitly. Alternate translation: “how you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b617dd28756dcd206ea96d14bad4d3a980764f73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 14:53:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 660566fa4f..53d93a7357 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this sentence or clause in 2:2. +REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7bd4c473c5c62a746682dfee906095fc6a4d491c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:03:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 53d93a7357..57f356e35a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions would confuse your readers, you say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, butu you are disobedient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b0bd5908e485ac751b1e68641915db3f2444a7e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:03:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 57f356e35a..17f52132e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions would confuse your readers, you say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, butu you are disobedient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions would confuse your readers, you say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1cf539af856c95625f129d17afe1e6c9516aa40c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:04:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 17f52132e3..3df37decea 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions would confuse your readers, you say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions would confuse your readers, you say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 511f0a6350781b7ca85ce9e0df82579de7b7d231 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:05:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3df37decea..79ca03f1f8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions would confuse your readers, you say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7ace1bd869c0bc82ce1d19c15b0c2dd08c768d27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:06:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 212/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 79ca03f1f8..e8bee54129 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who possesses the name.\n\n +REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who has the name.\n\n REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 87f6edc19f191066205ebbc32ba4c07a61b87011 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e8bee54129..e2ffeeccd0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who has the name.\n\n +REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who has the name.\nSee how you translated **name** in verses 2:3, 13, and 17.\n\n REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bff55578e6f284b9e1ac019a9ce8eb3325e11bef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:08:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e2ffeeccd0..0ee7d507cd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who has the name.\nSee how you translated **name** in verses 2:3, 13, and 17.\n\n +REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who has the name.\nSee how you translated **name** in verses 2:3, 13, and 17.\n REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 69a5f6b3715593f25295028ea9c0aedc4ed01817 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:20:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0ee7d507cd..a9466b6fc1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-idiom ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** represents a reputation of the person who has the name.\nSee how you translated **name** in verses 2:3, 13, and 17.\n +REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a you hold tightly to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f17b29b98e1b3c1face41f65f96f6e475856716d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:22:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a9466b6fc1..3b67861a1a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a you hold tightly to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 108068459f0e55a1e5fb989cc99150632b76f023 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:23:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 221/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3b67861a1a..1bd8f57709 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If the expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5dd09d48dcbd54ee4afb1730e5b31336942e411d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:24:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1bd8f57709..e68d3f3a32 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of spiritual conditions would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9f829fdb2727c589e063db42022bbcabaa387f59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:30:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 227/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e68d3f3a32..abf3688fe6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ed7bba46b459cb1f28de847aff6dc45b5578643c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:35:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index abf3688fe6..771a91711a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -246,6 +246,7 @@ REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metony REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 2 ja1g 1 See how you translated this word **deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 7ab0b8da7dfb01d6cbe693e2c01f86c172b093fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:36:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 229/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 771a91711a..1644722a74 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metony REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 2 ja1g 1 See how you translated this word **deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From ee1dd44618cc58ec4192dcacde48a8a13f0e2935 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 15:39:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 234/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1644722a74..96838dfa7f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metony REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From c1375a6a80d9d253acf4d1466a9bc353059266c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 16:32:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 239/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 96838dfa7f..fd937adbfc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seve REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to die" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 21c5142708362d6118e17eac0b6fbf0a91d3639c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 16:34:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 240/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fd937adbfc..ed19e5e156 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to die" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** of the previous verse. These **deeds** in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to die" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From abcce012b1615d0929443f9f13f3dc71df871907 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 16:42:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 241/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ed19e5e156..fd8ed65521 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** of the previous verse. These **deeds** in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to die" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f9408618021d5a0565dd5f901e6458876ab7789e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 9 Aug 2022 16:51:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 242/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fd8ed65521..98f9139566 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seve REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4074f332abac2c581a607415de971506ff2e8403 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 12:25:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 245/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 98f9139566..b1fcfb52eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formattin REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4a84c2c27268a826074e5847dc4c8180e233ee54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 12:57:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 248/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b1fcfb52eb..48eb7d7fb8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -247,6 +247,7 @@ REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 7328209e8e1a17d1069a850a8c1cc7dd939a720e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:01:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 249/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 48eb7d7fb8..87448bf25e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 9a76ec1234b417afafabaf371b0dee1235baca5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:17:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 253/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 87448bf25e..8c47520978 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -249,6 +249,7 @@ REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 3 3 yyfk figs-idiom μετανόησον 1 REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8b9591017b9648ab9c607ffd7a474e7b15c228a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:25:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 256/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8c47520978..9add179197 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this wo REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 yyfk figs-idiom μετανόησον 1 -REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a77282ba5c7bbf622259019bc4e8364628fff5df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:28:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 258/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9add179197..5abef34652 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -249,7 +249,6 @@ REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 3 yyfk figs-idiom μετανόησον 1 REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 31c34653ae7955055ff5282cddd7cd7826572adc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:48:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 260/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5abef34652..41ebae83fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Here, the comm REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This phrase refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word which the believers had received and heard as teaching. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1ab061eb01dc7457ba15f643536a43746474ec5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:53:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 261/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 41ebae83fd..31035a66e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Here, the comm REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile" or "finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word which the believers had received and heard as teaching. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 231fa2f90b9ebc7bf8467f386d247b39615f5f05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:54:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 264/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 31035a66e9..826be16100 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 39d1f07783b1d989d94d18d5cf99eacddf66d8ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 13:55:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 265/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 826be16100..5feb6a66a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this wo REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 90823e4a63668e4e2928edec293f736e94791650 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:00:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 266/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5feb6a66a2..8323aff101 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this wo REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8f16e930384226851fca7ae20126588735d085b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:03:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 268/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8323aff101..924cea2d5c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this wo REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 85d8502ad3f6d55fe50bb6e8a6b4dbefec254397 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:06:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 271/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 924cea2d5c..11a4b6eb8d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -252,6 +252,7 @@ REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 wha REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d0bf0b02bdb9805b9876a56c03c829b77bd0de40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:09:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 272/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 11a4b6eb8d..b958d6ed15 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive f REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c48d2a6fb265973312225a350a3e08f45ff040ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:10:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 274/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b958d6ed15..ed3b521ec3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive f REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0b62d2fbf4c5458c55569203f6d712cfca8158f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:12:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 275/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ed3b521ec3..395dfcd21a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive f REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references.\nSee how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0224067a9df342ec615fd2bfc514fc464cc46ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:15:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 276/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 395dfcd21a..c7e611749b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive f REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references.\nSee how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 497feb0d84d05e618a6701693f19d919c798acc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:18:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 279/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c7e611749b..c86ecd78ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive f REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4ab27b275703cc20ebf2c095c17cb7d3100c5cfc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:22:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 284/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c86ecd78ca..30ccc7b95a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 wha REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves by reference of a metonym.\n\n\n a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\nHere, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2b4b17ca5f7b5705de6e9780afe85dc7f64894cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:25:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 285/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 30ccc7b95a..475be3c44e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 wha REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves by reference of a metonym.\n\n\n a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\nHere, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n +REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fea7c32ab8406f4e9cc1d2633e6e11e7edc6b49a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:30:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 286/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 475be3c44e..db2d579f97 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From b7567f17cf2be0d52ead60e5e407db2936bb5bf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:33:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 287/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index db2d579f97..e415f5b48b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively, as in the original Greek it is expressed negatively as they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From cda20ccead25f9cf2c3f4a60b4120b72fb65217e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:38:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 288/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e415f5b48b..7a448caf54 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively, as in the original Greek it is expressed negatively as they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 62b7b623855fbe9a10282cb56c883ed34ca69fae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:39:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 289/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7a448caf54..6abe7e5aa2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor 1 REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1b71e5791315577c9e383553cf6bff9220af25b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:40:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 290/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6abe7e5aa2..a716edaba0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor 1 +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0f20d5b5450e69992265576401a8c7654c91499f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:46:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 291/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a716edaba0..54550dd189 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. Alternate translation: “have not made dirtied their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 15dff3abd88df2ed8d3e2b938b01b7ee4359489e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:48:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 292/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 54550dd189..cb03e9df5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. Alternate translation: “have not made dirtied their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way.\nAlternate translation: “have not made dirtied their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6c24054da7771b8dc7b3dd86f21ed4dfbff1bad5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:49:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 293/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cb03e9df5b..b4e1cfb7ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way.\nAlternate translation: “have not made dirtied their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirtied their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8a4d1b570879300c7483d775b563a5b5bcc89063 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:49:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 294/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b4e1cfb7ab..9d982c8abe 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirtied their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b9d5e29c381fa09cdad081f7c3c828443afd2272 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 14:50:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 295/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9d982c8abe..6e4b33ab5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 wha REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a846c9acac0961f0bae02ea6bb1651024351f248 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 20:31:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 298/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6e4b33ab5a..2f0ba8c75f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 wha REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0327b5c608a51bf860956670d9e53d0450468719 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 20:34:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 301/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2f0ba8c75f..5ea50c9492 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do no REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to image of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 810764da0b47a6d8f336beaa4b61dfbbae949a57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 20:57:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 303/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5ea50c9492..7625a02ae0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief H REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 85a874012d3f262c433d6d8962e387aa07a8a9f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:09:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 304/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7625a02ae0..9348983894 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief H REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From f804d6aa4e2f1dcdc194f8e697f7bb6c8cc0d2af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:14:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 305/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9348983894..bec1aa99e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief H REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. \nPeople commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 99a14fb94a8c21e264ec73588f7d02698e0ac482 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:15:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 306/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bec1aa99e6..e66bfadedd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. \nPeople commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6f063b458ebf3459f1df94a00d2ae71667ff1953 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:16:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 308/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e66bfadedd..629cc4a28c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**.\nIf your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. \n\n\nAlternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From dde1dc985c34e6a94f55aac06cb10beb6f2b4f5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:17:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 309/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 629cc4a28c..adc98ad0f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**.\nIf your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. \n\n\nAlternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the metaphor means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the metaphor in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 93d62a766db696cc49738123351c53bf4c33c82d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:26:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 310/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index adc98ad0f4..a1444202e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a metaphor for living or life in general. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the metaphor means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the metaphor in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1ca12b754c5ce7c78e401239ab2d49fab5d7c849 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:27:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 312/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a1444202e1..879d76bfca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the w REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. \nIf your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. \nAlternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 027fa1d582ea67419eab7fcc0fc07ae2254a59d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:32:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 313/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 879d76bfca..67c1b0f264 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the w REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. \nIf your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. \nAlternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** might also represent victory, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 7697812b81bb7bba5176a54bc00cea161d748af0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:35:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 315/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 67c1b0f264..de44f5f3a4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the w REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** might also represent victory, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9a4a8f49f860272039fc04c705b3e11178fcb154 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 12:52:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 322/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index de44f5f3a4..07fc997ede 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτ REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive οὕτως περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments If your readers would misunderstand the passive verb **clothed**, you can translate it with an active verb. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “I will give white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 9422deae7fe89f5e88d9d1b396c95b0ba145d5ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 12:54:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 323/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 07fc997ede..035fcf38fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτ REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white garments” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 98779bbb4d703e2b4b560377fce63b624ae2e73d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 12:58:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 328/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 035fcf38fb..9be63fcc60 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 53cd533bf022bf00f04c82ddc526948ee5f67f80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 12:59:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 329/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9be63fcc60..85ab60d21b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 +REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From cecb336d76f0bf5ce1db4f92dd8c7573d3120561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:10:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 332/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 85ab60d21b..c758b013db 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From d4c88cd021ac345d70ef420e2ea331428c663980 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:16:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 333/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c758b013db..3624dd24c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -260,6 +260,7 @@ REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 305da5a0990ab1d77d618d842a464752c3ebc0c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:23:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 334/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3624dd24c6..a186e8a689 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 +REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out in any way. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: " " or " " REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From dbbf13b2a7c1631b7ecfefa0f310a9c42de8a5ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:24:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 335/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a186e8a689..50cb00900f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out in any way. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: " " or " " +REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out in any way. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: " " or " " (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From d46b0483c34c1d4a1a163e95b16715c75e016657 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:26:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 336/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 50cb00900f..2b9f4661a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out in any way. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: " " or " " (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: " " or " " (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 71fb65abbba2379c89fec3e155b5873bc3d47af1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:35:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 337/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2b9f4661a0..0fe6afe147 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: " " or " " (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 1d713499347202c3f736bdc49479927ad5f7e29e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:38:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 338/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0fe6afe147..9356b826ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone's name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 3a6855bc6ef7522b2c9f4223df3ef72279d808fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:59:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 341/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9356b826ee..df8bc1f2da 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone's name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.\nAlternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From acc1ff14dade449e843f92030b25f934a3ccf74a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 14:08:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 342/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index df8bc1f2da..73ca8112a7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone's name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** means he would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.\nAlternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me" or "I will acknowledge that he is mine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 80f30006e47e71ea33606ef250435cb1cdc1ff9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 14:17:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 345/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 73ca8112a7..7755e9a740 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone's name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me" or "I will acknowledge that he is mine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me" or "I will acknowledge that he is mine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 563c52d5435cdacc5c3b230d5690767483c18093 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 14:18:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 346/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7755e9a740..91dbc388e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone's name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me" or "I will acknowledge that he is mine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person himself by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me" or "I will acknowledge that he is mine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4940c67d5e6d3a3f3a830426edc1472d0ce85d14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 14:25:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 347/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 91dbc388e3..8b2158d0e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -262,8 +262,7 @@ REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοι REV 3 5 hmy4 figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 wn1x figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone's name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not delete his name out" or "I will certainly not remove his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person himself by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me" or "I will acknowledge that he is mine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father Alternate translation: “in the presence of my Father” -REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus in the trinity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 5 q22s figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 50897df28cba060bf6ce10e98b2c348b45e0fd06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 14:51:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 355/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8b2158d0e0..ded216b34d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it” +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts \n\nAlternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From 395caecdc2b975ddcc62964d36c9471bb8a66bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 14:52:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 356/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ded216b34d..9773fed260 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts \n\nAlternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From 42bfc7837e4ccdb750c22ddd4b3c4df490af265d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:02:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 357/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9773fed260..b1c446ee69 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David.\nJesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3f6882eabd8a47f0b547e0a0e2a19eb1d10b5755 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:03:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 358/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b1c446ee69..b04aebb6ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David.\nJesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 370d2e329922012daced38296bc0bad59d45e87a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:12:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 359/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b04aebb6ca..37b2d32afa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s **key**. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having a key for his kingdom occurs also in Matt 16:19\n Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 29a60889bd51289dfe5e46f13cc6e1ce80969d60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:14:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 360/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 37b2d32afa..2ece1f23e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having a key for his kingdom occurs also in Matt 16:19\n Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having a key for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ccbf144af00ab30d964108dd09a84c4e4971a661 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:15:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 361/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2ece1f23e1..b90335e0cb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having a key for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2afc229da97a6f1239d543ce2fd4cd314b66e555 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:17:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 362/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b90335e0cb..3e9fc85f9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Alternate translation: “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From 77e492d545946d6b3fcbc27a29695b05ac116af7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:25:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 363/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3e9fc85f9a..ff32fe2175 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrases **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** represents a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From 706211c51963cb682e23f17e5b84b0de68546deb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:28:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 364/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ff32fe2175..68ac0a938f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrases **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** represents a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrases **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of David having keys his city of Jerusalem occurs also in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From ea6bc19ffd3ab25559b3160ea5e5d68fce3137a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:36:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 365/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 68ac0a938f..c4875c212d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrases **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of David having keys his city of Jerusalem occurs also in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From adcf359e4e67e0915941e52569f39ef3a77764ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:40:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 366/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c4875c212d..bfba379faf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From 30823193ea0e30928a6fb6bdf9a92b5f31210345 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 15:47:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 370/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bfba379faf..c47f7b9106 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,8 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open Alternate translation: “he closes the door and no one can open it” +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. From d8b4153178b78021e18477187fcf049bd9aa333f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 21:13:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 377/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c47f7b9106..290c124afb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md).\nIf this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.\nAlternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. From d8feb5419c482ecc3f293ba6601e92cb156767b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 21:16:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 378/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 290c124afb..de71bfb2c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md).\nIf this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.\nAlternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From bf0c171fe1b1ed1bd04aa7d980495df0fa6e8443 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 21:21:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 380/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index de71bfb2c1..bcda4946f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -273,6 +273,7 @@ REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated th REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6b8b5b9e6eba6ffaf5afe54090b8dbea173b9b72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 21:30:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 381/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bcda4946f1..ef7fbfd93d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 +REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 999afd2d642a09ebf7cabad261a45ccfa35381a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 15 Aug 2022 21:36:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 384/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ef7fbfd93d..d3cb081ebb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 +REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. From ceec05b6f541c6ce9184c6c5082a84f4c87f5d09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:14:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 395/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d3cb081ebb..647eabe58f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλα REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” From fb434a6a81b6d6688b9de4ad28db4fde0270f474 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:16:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 398/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 647eabe58f..742dafc330 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Alternate translation: “I have opened a door for you” +REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\nAlternate translation: “I have opened a door for you”\n REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1b0096b8e1c7ba4c9567789c5dd77e7c976726e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:19:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 399/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 742dafc330..c3e2c98257 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,6 +275,7 @@ REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσε REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\nAlternate translation: “I have opened a door for you”\n +REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6d804cdcbdd971fcf6067999e1fe4c5813269e0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:19:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 400/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c3e2c98257..f49cfec00e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσε REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\nAlternate translation: “I have opened a door for you”\n -REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e88714dba7f06e0804721195e5f8c4965d4e7383 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:22:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 401/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f49cfec00e..35dd267436 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\nAlternate translation: “I have opened a door for you”\n +REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\nAlternate translation: “I have opened a door for you”\n REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b94cf44e97da05b07101ef9ec5ef96ff1317dfcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:37:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 402/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 35dd267436..ab274dcb60 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\nAlternate translation: “I have opened a door for you”\n +REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The symbolic language may also indicate a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus as the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e513262cc91578f7fd0dff82d8ad67972738aeb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:38:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 405/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ab274dcb60..65d2d52543 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). If this symbolic language would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language to convey the same meaning. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language.\nAlternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c3802797dd8b4c79fecfc727ad12140ef96d9113 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:39:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 406/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 65d2d52543..99a0e7f28d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ REV 3 6 i49v figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely REV 3 7 rf9b translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language.\nAlternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 80eae7255d0ab4a61b37828387c761143696e506 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:42:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 410/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 99a0e7f28d..f5bf5f0d09 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The symbolic language may also indicate a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus as the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The symbolic language may also indicate a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 709af5eb91c70f3bc5daf142c4423355cac1416f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:47:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 413/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f5bf5f0d09..60c1c53e34 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσε REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The symbolic language may also indicate a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the verb **to shut** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b677f0c307359f0bdfac3b0489f2b0387b5bc632 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 13:49:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 415/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 60c1c53e34..3fbb666845 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσε REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The symbolic language may also indicate a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the verb **to shut** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the verb **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bc526e73505db72594fd35fee9bc49fa95e91b48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:14:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 419/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3fbb666845..a65fab7839 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The symbolic language may also indicate a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the verb **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d3e851cfcab18308a3e0a69f12a4e57c4508ef15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:15:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 420/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a65fab7839..8e1ec74895 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the verb **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0b2d532c02cdcc93cb3402205b954a4ff1420ae8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:15:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 422/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8e1ec74895..339256944b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσε REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the verb **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From adbc80d1a7c0d4cd52cf64be82d57b839a8402f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:22:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 424/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 339256944b..8ac6b89783 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [R REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. -REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 62516115ec13f7bd9897677a2297eadc0e0efa30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:26:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 427/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8ac6b89783..ae75ae6a65 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@ REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom 1 REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b1507751baabaff788e707a1bf9a07b50e0315f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:27:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 428/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ae75ae6a65..ee261c36bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom 1 +REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3a8d0f895c0e365a53b085bfe0fb6916e1171d85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:28:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 429/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ee261c36bd..ae5833a84f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 +REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 421a2905454cfe5c5cc5262c5550bd6d1c025000 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:37:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 433/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ae5833a84f..358b16f5ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power* is an idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e9d173144b83e0b8dd38c1eb95d131733a3848a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:37:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 434/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 358b16f5ca..3251c69275 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or "a few persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 4 imsu figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes" or "have not polluted their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 4 x2if figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer's life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or "who have kept themselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the verb to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 4 x48r figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me Here, the word to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity" or "in victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 will be clothed in white garments Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ef4ead932741b9cc0eb59c8193b24059f7c15d52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:43:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 436/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3251c69275..662ad8bf54 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power* is an idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power* is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 73b5a333528f95f14ef98a4a1ad0f165ef8f5daf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:48:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 439/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 662ad8bf54..136086d643 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translat REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power* is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From be36070e8d818134c08d46766383db3b8b32a541 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:49:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 440/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 136086d643..5f85a5958d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. +REV 3 8 rzpx 1 REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d29cbd93fe53ce7a6e3d8dffad67e669416582c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:50:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 441/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5f85a5958d..6cb6ebebb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσ REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 rzpx 1 -REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who has that name. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 5e53408e80b78df065d1d40788ce2287b6baaa15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:50:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 442/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6cb6ebebb7..8e08f22799 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. -REV 3 8 rzpx 1 +REV 3 8 rzpx οὐκ ἠρνήσω 1 REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c830ce68cfe9ef206b08959851f8e7a15ef2a16e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:52:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 443/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8e08f22799..5ce05e8eec 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. -REV 3 8 rzpx οὐκ ἠρνήσω 1 +REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a93402db40ac19c322fd5694826d7fa05a4e3602 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:52:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 444/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5ce05e8eec..a330cc5717 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. -REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in +REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f788cc917dd7b35238b24a11b4fb5fbecb0b8dd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:53:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 445/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a330cc5717..acde0166a4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. -REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md) +REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 95feb3e47b1deb3c21d78bafd97611ff1baa0d88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 15:54:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 446/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index acde0166a4..317e80645f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσ REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). -REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 52b8cb53543df82fdf2e6a7764d50d92b0b56f89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:01:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 448/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 317e80645f..2c511363c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [R REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. +REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 131d256af8b655d01fee60f94b70f04b0c0783df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:03:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 449/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2c511363c1..cc4f047fa1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. +REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 32d9fc05211c1826b19386633d35009bed999c6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:05:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 450/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cc4f047fa1..04ea08f4db 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [R REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) they have followed his teachings. (2) they have obeyed his commands. +REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From fb910dea2d740ce56d78e9f6e23a5cb62545841a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:14:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 454/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 04ea08f4db..50e8689656 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [R REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). +REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From cc1428749eb7ddc05c07395f194ec16f8537be29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:15:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 455/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 50e8689656..c0e2061bf3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [R REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). +REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ee3b515d3095ba41635ee022ab08052a88afca27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:19:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 459/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c0e2061bf3..f650172278 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -249,6 +249,7 @@ REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 3 3 e324 figs-idiom 1 REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From df857a8a1e7fe0d6700642aa71d9de50ed867577 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:20:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 460/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f650172278..1694bb65a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ REV 3 2 d8cw figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμ REV 3 2 ja1g figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works" or "your actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 2 jq58 figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve" or "the God I worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God's word or the teaching of God's word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard" or "the truth that you received and heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 3 3 e324 figs-idiom 1 +REV 3 3 e324 figs-idiom τήρει 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: "I will come unexpectedly" or "I will come without warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 3 4 bpg5 figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "But there are a few of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From aee938c3caa662e8d2f6b61ae1b3c2da307a4e1d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:21:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 461/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1694bb65a8..cdfa789813 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom 1 REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 56156d792c94421241c9151e4edb4831312b12a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:22:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 462/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cdfa789813..60ff43c0e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom 1 +REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From b2f2446fc4cbd263326bf7ac7803919505f3779b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:23:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 463/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 60ff43c0e3..a40af25e62 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From c4905c9759e7ca819d77c3ae7df62a28218f3f5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:42:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 471/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a40af25e62..11c31311ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 +REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 40353bfd534e233999d1425343e9cea0d603aeb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 14:40:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 475/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 11c31311ce..b07193a8db 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -281,7 +281,6 @@ REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσ REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige" or "you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -REV 3 8 rzpx ἠρνήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md). REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8e11878f747a79e38d02322018f24db641dd0d63 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 14:59:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 476/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b07193a8db..4f4ccb8b17 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ REV 1 2 b5se figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy” REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 1 3 dod2 figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 Here, the word **keep** means "to pay attention to" or "to heed" or "to obey". REV 1 3 dwt8 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near Here, **the time** refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 3 myem figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of **time** as if it could be **near** something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 vw1t figs-123person Ἰωάννης 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 16bafbf78d86782f1dae6dfb1e8a7d06cc14376e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 15:04:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 477/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4f4ccb8b17..d87f6fba5e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ REV 1 2 b5se figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy” REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 1 3 dod2 figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 Here, the word **keep** means "to pay attention to" or "to heed" or "to obey". +REV 1 3 dod2 figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 Here, the word **keep** means "to pay attention to" or "to heed" or "to obey". There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word **keep** as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate\n translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near Here, **the time** refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 3 myem figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of **time** as if it could be **near** something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 vw1t figs-123person Ἰωάννης 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 75191bce26f26f52f8600eb309099a055c89aab5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 15:07:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 478/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d87f6fba5e..9261e853d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ REV 1 2 b5se figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy” REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 1 3 dod2 figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 Here, the word **keep** means "to pay attention to" or "to heed" or "to obey". There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word **keep** as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate\n translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 3 dod2 figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 Here, the word **keep** means "to pay attention to" or "to heed" or "to obey". There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word **keep** as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who take to heart" or "who continually considers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near Here, **the time** refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 3 myem figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of **time** as if it could be **near** something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 vw1t figs-123person Ἰωάννης 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From bc11725ee79ca8ff20f64416d194e6e7a53c5be1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 15:17:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 480/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9261e853d6..a5a5d7a066 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n\n### “The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0f28d70def065cd9d21e8ab1603eb7b9a885a9cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 15:22:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 485/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a5a5d7a066..d30ceef961 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n\n### “The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n\n### “The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 73ee0f50ca5b34af4b2c02cc3e9f815b7f1fd843 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 15:22:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 486/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d30ceef961..8dcf289078 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n\n### “The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n\n### The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 19806fc5ba57c17449e566e49883354da436dbee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 15:26:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 491/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8dcf289078..9c82b9a80d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n\n### The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” From 886f12474e9016009d4f8afb7841c5e8c8483bec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:18:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 494/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9c82b9a80d..e6d4abbc7c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@ REV 2 24 ikkh grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 2 26 ei1h figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word **keeps** in \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) From 682e7571abe03dc2828609cd8b8c1070b48ed8bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:20:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 496/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e6d4abbc7c..a76f8977a1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -225,9 +225,8 @@ REV 2 24 ikkh grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς REV 2 25 tfzk figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 25 vgxm figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 2 26 ei1h figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word **keeps** in \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 26 aiws figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 2 26 v2e0 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 27 c9gu figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 2 27 e5kc figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: "he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron" or "he will govern with a rod of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces" or "as jars of clay are shattered to pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 1f020986a492c0e57e1fc3ae8908b903edbc36e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:26:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 499/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a76f8977a1..1fb4ccf030 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,6 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom 1 REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 435f93ad2de1167e69d9e8d7bdafdd148f02ccd8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:28:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 500/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1fb4ccf030..78f408ec26 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom 1 +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας ... τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d053d7b2b1c7aa8ecc2ee4d8c43f0d1bfb34833e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:31:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 501/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 78f408ec26..661db3fdca 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας ... τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0dca6a88f2b4da268f50728945191fa98a8a1d29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:33:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 502/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 661db3fdca..508ea23c81 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -640,6 +640,7 @@ REV 12 15 a9wh figs-activepassive αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποι REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth Here, **the earth** is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a **mouth** that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “a hole in the ground opened up and the river from the dragon went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 12 17 t6jf figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 12 17 f754 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Unknown animals

John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, **I** refers to John. REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 50e5e5ef4865012cb68068bc1334c5bfdc722b96 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:34:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 503/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 508ea23c81..3209e5c7bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -728,6 +728,7 @@ REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς α REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase **their torment** refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 14 11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 they have no rest Alternate translation: “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop” REV 14 12 me1j ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 Here is the patient endurance of the saints See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md). +REV 14 12 wo34 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 figs-idiom REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ…ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die Alternate translation: “those who die” REV 14 13 hy1a οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 who die in the Lord This may refer to believers who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who are united to the Lord and die” or “who die because they are united to the Lord” REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These **deeds** are spoken of as if they were alive and able to **follow** those who did them. This could mean: (1) others will know the good deeds these people have done. (2) God will reward them for their deeds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 3359b5bb86e377b0ad48ac63926c849b1740f422 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:36:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 504/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3209e5c7bf..a6d9f79cdb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -639,8 +639,8 @@ REV 12 15 y5ml figs-simile ὡς ποταμόν 1 like a river The water flowed REV 12 15 a9wh figs-activepassive αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ 1 to sweep her away If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he might sweep her away with a flood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth Here, **the earth** is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a **mouth** that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “a hole in the ground opened up and the river from the dragon went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 12 17 t6jf figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 12 17 f754 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 12 17 t6jf figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Unknown animals

John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, **I** refers to John. REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς α REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase **their torment** refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 14 11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 they have no rest Alternate translation: “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop” REV 14 12 me1j ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 Here is the patient endurance of the saints See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md). -REV 14 12 wo34 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 figs-idiom +REV 14 12 wo34 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ…ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die Alternate translation: “those who die” REV 14 13 hy1a οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 who die in the Lord This may refer to believers who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who are united to the Lord and die” or “who die because they are united to the Lord” REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These **deeds** are spoken of as if they were alive and able to **follow** those who did them. This could mean: (1) others will know the good deeds these people have done. (2) God will reward them for their deeds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From d0adbcda4c4fb95415bb0ccc0e692782dfc6d1e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:38:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 505/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a6d9f79cdb..2eaf433a38 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -805,6 +805,7 @@ REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage τοῦ δράκοντος 1 dragon A **drago REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit (ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.) 1 Look! I am coming … his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as **a thief** comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom 1 REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.” REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they might see his shameful condition Here the word **they** refers to other people. From 51f596072072d4ecc6f5ba10d1471a29f58702dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:38:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 506/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2eaf433a38..66977955a1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage τοῦ δράκοντος 1 dragon A **drago REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit (ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.) 1 Look! I am coming … his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as **a thief** comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom 1 +REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.” REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they might see his shameful condition Here the word **they** refers to other people. From a0967138682fe8b810dac27ce7d4a5b3cfb2443c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:41:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 507/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 66977955a1..d23a32c56c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1104,6 +1104,7 @@ REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Here, **spirits** refers to: (1) the inward disposition of the **prophets** and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” (2) the Holy Spirit who inspires the **prophets**. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **behold** adds emphasis to what follows. +REV 22 7 x0sy figs-idiom 1 REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of **worship**, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). From 60a8e4a74cbfedb38cc602ab53e16565108726e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:42:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 508/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d23a32c56c..037d30974a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1104,8 +1104,8 @@ REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Here, **spirits** refers to: (1) the inward disposition of the **prophets** and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” (2) the Holy Spirit who inspires the **prophets**. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **behold** adds emphasis to what follows. -REV 22 7 x0sy figs-idiom 1 REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 22 7 x0sy figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of **worship**, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John. From 420abb025e88eceed2652e4c25b8b0eb39ebe513 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:43:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 509/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 037d30974a..8ad478aedd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1108,6 +1108,7 @@ REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It i REV 22 7 x0sy figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of **worship**, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). +REV 22 9 tcs2 figs-idiom 1 REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John. REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up … this book To **seal** a **book** was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1cb154fc585ddf97b652a14ada5d49c56ddab774 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 18 Aug 2022 23:44:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 510/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8ad478aedd..95303498bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It i REV 22 7 x0sy figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of **worship**, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). -REV 22 9 tcs2 figs-idiom 1 +REV 22 9 tcs2 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John. REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up … this book To **seal** a **book** was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 876716e1c710c3c909624d1bc2e4d6bc7627f3bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 21 Aug 2022 12:22:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 516/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 95303498bd..da30bffd6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6448bffdd5c2e637e4e100f1912fa2531d7bda22 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 21 Aug 2022 12:25:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 517/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index da30bffd6b..13d9d66cce 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From cd8c495726cc80ba2d7e881d5eb3cb4556c2c140 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 21 Aug 2022 12:26:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 518/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 13d9d66cce..f209e6630d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f63dc936ad889bc6f980edcf2bcb6874b55b9429 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 21 Aug 2022 12:27:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 519/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f209e6630d..6b9912e828 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage τοῦ δράκοντος 1 dragon A **drago REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit (ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.) 1 Look! I am coming … his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as **a thief** comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md).\n However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.” REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they might see his shameful condition Here the word **they** refers to other people. From cb0fcdea28bb4a76b1d513348e6d58f7f0315d39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 21 Aug 2022 12:35:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 520/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6b9912e828..c5f670d2cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage τοῦ δράκοντος 1 dragon A **drago REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit (ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.) 1 Look! I am coming … his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as **a thief** comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md).\n However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). \n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 16 15 b6f4 figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). However, the occurence of the word here in this verse has a special sense of holding on to something so as not to give it up or lose it. The meaning is close or similar to the meaning found in the second instance of the word in [Revelation 3:10](../03/10.md). Thus, the translator should attempt to distinguish the translation of the word here from the other instances of the word in the book of Revelation, as the UST distinguishes here in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.” REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they might see his shameful condition Here the word **they** refers to other people. From 1eead22bf2ef02a2e0d71ae686601d59e819d721 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 21 Aug 2022 12:37:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 523/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c5f670d2cc..ff37bc38b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e03eca41a472fe59f5985910a6d6fd4af1e8eaa8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 13:46:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 527/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ff37bc38b6..3835eaa54a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ REV 2 18 j3xp writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated t REV 2 18 q3w9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 2 18 zbx5 figs-simile ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 who has eyes like a flame of fire Here, Jesus has **eyes** that are full of light so that they resemble **a flame of fire**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 18 p86i figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 feet like polished bronze People create objects of **bronze** and have them **polished** in order to make them shine and reflect light. Likewise, the feet of Jesus shine and reflect light like **polished bronze**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 2 19 oum6 figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 2 19 oum6 figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 19 vj80 figs-youcrowd σου τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and second person individuals addressed in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). If the singular form of the second person address and the second person references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 2 19 bx33 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, **faith**, **service**, and **endurance**, you can express them with their corresponding verbs that describe the actions. Alternate translation: “how you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 19 y2mu figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns in the clause then you can state the implied objects of these terms explicitly. Alternate translation: “how you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From fbbb6c07d7af4c53a30ff825d12121aefee04048 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 13:48:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 532/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3835eaa54a..800def1334 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -306,6 +306,7 @@ REV 3 14 wzg9 writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Laodicea See how you tran REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here, **The Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them. REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the beginning of God’s creation Here, **the beginning of the creation of God** could refer to: (1) the one who rules over everything that God created. (2) the one through whom God created everything. REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Here, **cold** and **hot** could: (1) represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him. (2) both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 15 c60l figs-idiom 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them **out of** the **mouth**. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) From 73a31bdfb21a2e5fa4c3faeab84f221a2fefe7b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 13:49:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 533/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 800def1334..219636dfaf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ REV 3 14 wzg9 writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Laodicea See how you tran REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here, **The Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them. REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the beginning of God’s creation Here, **the beginning of the creation of God** could refer to: (1) the one who rules over everything that God created. (2) the one through whom God created everything. REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Here, **cold** and **hot** could: (1) represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him. (2) both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 15 c60l figs-idiom 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 15 c60l figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them **out of** the **mouth**. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) From e52eacebb29a838e779754ea2453bf64f3cce785 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 14:04:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 539/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 219636dfaf..9ad38296ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ REV 3 7 ksg4 figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 7 xarn writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah's kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "the key of David's authority" or "the key of David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 7 aam6 figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he opens and no one shuts Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open" or "the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 8 k48c figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 t5hn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 8 j1x7 writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: "I have set before you an open door" or "I have placed before you an open door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 8 vp9n writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From e76cff5d66d297022fee72b3bda027c6e82e9008 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 14:05:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 543/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9ad38296ac..bf3d6647ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translat REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I know what you did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 1 lpfk figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 1 xtk2 figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature" or "you have a fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 alive … dead Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: "you are obedient, but you are disobedient" or "you honor me, but you dishonor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b7a693898fcf0762095ff5cd80ddc018fd8d35a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:34:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 563/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index bf3d6647ba..75de46eea8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” From 8e1c1958c8f5f37acb17e6eefc8a8fa928625e2d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:38:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 567/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 75de46eea8..c797a2ea26 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” From a090fc4d7b2f0fe7e24248a101f2ac282b55e6dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:42:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 568/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c797a2ea26..6515145056 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the pos REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here to **bow down** is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** is a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture or figurative expression of worship, but of respect or obeisance. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 0e2a08f74fc862deccc161964c04704341ef1111 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:47:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 569/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6515145056..a0692186f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the pos REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** is a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture or figurative expression of worship, but of respect or obeisance. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or "prostrate themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From a60a595cbf252557970921fd2d8eda32314b8d86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:55:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 573/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a0692186f9..4fdabf970c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the pos REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or "prostrate themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or "prostrate themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 4ac012c6f0231eb67260aa82ce62b95886bf2cf7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:05:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 579/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4fdabf970c..c34d47c23c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the pos REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or "prostrate themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down.\n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” From 2f512baf9457ce45fd2546c62a9b9e53dbe47a7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:06:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 580/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c34d47c23c..fbbefbbe9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down.\n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down.\nIf\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” From 3b1d00492c2031071f92a9c876bed59a1f2290fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:09:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 581/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fbbefbbe9b..8fd241c970 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down.\nIf\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” From f7edef33f5b31139dcb9b5cad2c7f94d79ede561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:12:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 582/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8fd241c970..e5cee013d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person before whom these people bow down. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” From 370056a7c3d7d4b118aed43b5cacc08d744734c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:14:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 586/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e5cee013d2..c522ab3b7d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” From 417a494d8e8fff80b48ed34b5fbba2463aa2ce42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:15:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 588/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c522ab3b7d..a2a1dc001d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -287,7 +287,6 @@ REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated * REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know Alternate translation: “they will learn” or “they will admit” REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing Alternate translation: “I will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “I will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing” REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.” From f2c02d30a41a16d8ca7f4c3e24b688ebfe62f1ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:17:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 589/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a2a1dc001d..18f469fb33 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 76e6d1e50d0b5a47f6e53f4eb8721c15c36998d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:23:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 590/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 18f469fb33..9e4aacf20e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md), in which Jesus also declares in that verse that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 541fbb09ba03a303f798e0fa78c64ede757d2f23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:25:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 594/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9e4aacf20e..807baa0f4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md), in which Jesus also declares in that verse that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From ed63a89006c99a24922651d2af88f2baee8f6e81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 21:26:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 595/604] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 807baa0f4c..f2e4bec477 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke" or "my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or "the name that I have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech of a **synagogue of Satan** in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person's feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])